1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 432 /* 433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 437 ** 438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 444 */ 445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 446 struct PagerSavepoint { 447 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 448 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 449 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 450 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 451 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 453 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 454 #endif 455 }; 456 457 /* 458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 459 */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 463 464 /* 465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 466 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 467 ** 468 ** eState 469 ** 470 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 471 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 472 ** 473 ** eLock 474 ** 475 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 476 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 477 ** 478 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 479 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 480 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 481 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 482 ** need (and no reason to release them). 483 ** 484 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 485 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 486 ** details. 487 ** 488 ** changeCountDone 489 ** 490 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 491 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 492 ** not updated more often than necessary. 493 ** 494 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 495 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 496 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 497 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 498 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 499 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 500 ** 501 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 502 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 503 ** committed. 504 ** 505 ** setMaster 506 ** 507 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 508 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 509 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 510 ** 511 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 512 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 513 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 514 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 515 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 516 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 517 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 518 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 519 ** 520 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 521 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 522 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 523 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 524 ** 525 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 526 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 527 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 528 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 529 ** 530 ** doNotSpill 531 ** 532 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 533 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 534 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 535 ** 536 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 537 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 538 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 539 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 540 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 541 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 542 ** case is a user preference. 543 ** 544 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from 545 ** pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. 546 ** This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size 547 ** is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync 548 ** from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 549 ** 550 ** subjInMemory 551 ** 552 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 553 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 554 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 555 ** 556 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 557 ** write-transaction is opened. 558 ** 559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 560 ** 561 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 562 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 563 ** OPEN and ERROR). 564 ** 565 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 566 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 567 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 568 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 569 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 570 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 571 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 572 ** to dbSize==1). 573 ** 574 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 575 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 576 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 577 ** dbSize is updated. 578 ** 579 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 580 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 581 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 582 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 583 ** being modified. 584 ** 585 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 586 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 587 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 588 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 589 ** 590 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 591 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 592 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 593 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 594 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 595 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 596 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 597 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 598 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 599 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 600 ** 601 ** dbHintSize 602 ** 603 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 604 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 605 ** 606 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 607 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 608 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 609 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 610 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 611 ** details. 612 ** 613 ** errCode 614 ** 615 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 616 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 617 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 618 ** sub-codes. 619 */ 620 struct Pager { 621 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 622 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 623 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 624 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 625 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 626 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 627 u8 extraSync; /* sync directory after journal delete */ 628 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 629 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 630 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 631 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */ 632 u8 noLock; /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */ 633 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 634 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 635 636 /************************************************************************** 637 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 638 ** routine operation. Class members not in this block are either fixed 639 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 640 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 641 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 642 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 643 ** "configuration" of the pager. 644 */ 645 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 646 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 647 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 648 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 649 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 650 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 651 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 652 u8 hasHeldSharedLock; /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */ 653 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 654 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 655 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 656 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 657 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 658 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 659 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 660 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 661 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 662 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 663 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 664 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 665 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 666 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 667 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 668 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 669 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 670 u32 iDataVersion; /* Changes whenever database content changes */ 671 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 672 673 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 674 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 675 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 676 /* 677 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 678 ***************************************************************************/ 679 680 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 681 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 682 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 683 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 684 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 685 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 686 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 687 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 688 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 689 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 690 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 691 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 693 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 694 #endif 695 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 696 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 697 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 698 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 699 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 700 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 701 #endif 702 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 703 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 704 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 705 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 706 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 707 #endif 708 }; 709 710 /* 711 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 712 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 713 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 714 */ 715 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 716 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 717 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 718 719 /* 720 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 721 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 722 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 723 */ 724 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 725 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 726 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 727 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 728 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 729 #else 730 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 731 #endif 732 733 734 735 /* 736 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 737 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 738 ** 739 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 740 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 741 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 742 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 743 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 744 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 745 ** journal and ignore it. 746 ** 747 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 748 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 749 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 750 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 751 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 752 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 753 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 754 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 755 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 756 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 757 */ 758 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 759 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 760 }; 761 762 /* 763 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 764 ** the following macro. 765 */ 766 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 767 768 /* 769 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 770 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 771 */ 772 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 773 774 /* 775 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 776 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 777 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 778 ** out code that would never execute. 779 */ 780 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 781 # define MEMDB 0 782 #else 783 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 784 #endif 785 786 /* 787 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 788 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 789 */ 790 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 791 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 792 #else 793 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 794 #endif 795 796 /* 797 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 798 */ 799 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 800 801 /* 802 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 803 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 804 ** 805 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 806 ** 807 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 808 ** 809 ** instead of 810 ** 811 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 812 */ 813 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0) 814 815 /* 816 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual 817 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. 818 */ 819 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 820 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ 821 return (pPager->pWal!=0); 822 } 823 #else 824 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 825 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 826 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 827 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 828 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 829 #endif 830 831 #ifndef NDEBUG 832 /* 833 ** Usage: 834 ** 835 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 836 ** 837 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 838 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 839 */ 840 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 841 Pager *pPager = p; 842 843 /* State must be valid. */ 844 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 845 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 846 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 847 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 848 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 849 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 850 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 851 ); 852 853 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 854 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 855 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 856 */ 857 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 858 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 859 860 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 861 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 862 */ 863 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 864 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 865 866 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 867 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 868 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 869 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 870 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 871 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 872 ** state. 873 */ 874 if( MEMDB ){ 875 assert( !isOpen(p->fd) ); 876 assert( p->noSync ); 877 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 878 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 879 ); 880 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 881 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 882 } 883 884 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 885 ** on the file. 886 */ 887 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 888 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 889 890 switch( p->eState ){ 891 case PAGER_OPEN: 892 assert( !MEMDB ); 893 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 894 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 895 break; 896 897 case PAGER_READER: 898 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 899 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 900 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 901 break; 902 903 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 904 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 905 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 906 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 907 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 908 } 909 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 910 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 911 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 912 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 913 break; 914 915 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 916 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 917 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 918 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 919 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 920 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 921 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 922 ** to journal_mode=wal. 923 */ 924 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 925 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 926 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 927 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 928 ); 929 } 930 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 931 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 932 break; 933 934 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 935 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 936 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 937 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 938 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 939 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 940 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 941 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 942 ); 943 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 944 break; 945 946 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 947 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 948 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 949 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 950 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 951 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 952 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 953 ); 954 break; 955 956 case PAGER_ERROR: 957 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 958 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 959 ** back to OPEN state. 960 */ 961 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 962 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile ); 963 break; 964 } 965 966 return 1; 967 } 968 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 969 970 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 971 /* 972 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 973 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 974 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 975 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 976 ** 977 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 978 */ 979 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 980 static char zRet[1024]; 981 982 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 983 "Filename: %s\n" 984 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 985 "Lock: %s\n" 986 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 987 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 988 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 989 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 990 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 991 , p->zFilename 992 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 993 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 994 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 995 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 996 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 997 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 998 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 999 , (int)p->errCode 1000 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 1001 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 1002 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 1003 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 1004 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 1005 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1006 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1007 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1008 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1009 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1010 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1011 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1012 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1013 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1014 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1015 ); 1016 1017 return zRet; 1018 } 1019 #endif 1020 1021 /* 1022 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1023 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1024 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1025 ** 1026 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1027 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1028 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1029 */ 1030 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1031 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1032 PagerSavepoint *p; 1033 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1034 int i; 1035 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1036 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1037 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1038 return 1; 1039 } 1040 } 1041 return 0; 1042 } 1043 1044 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 1045 /* 1046 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1047 */ 1048 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1049 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1050 } 1051 #endif 1052 1053 /* 1054 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1055 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1056 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1057 ** 1058 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1059 */ 1060 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1061 unsigned char ac[4]; 1062 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1063 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1064 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1065 } 1066 return rc; 1067 } 1068 1069 /* 1070 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1071 */ 1072 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1073 1074 1075 /* 1076 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1077 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1078 */ 1079 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1080 char ac[4]; 1081 put32bits(ac, val); 1082 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1083 } 1084 1085 /* 1086 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1087 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1088 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1089 ** 1090 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1091 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1092 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1093 */ 1094 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1095 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1096 1097 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1098 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1099 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1100 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1101 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1102 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1103 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1104 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1105 } 1106 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1107 } 1108 return rc; 1109 } 1110 1111 /* 1112 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1113 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1114 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1115 ** 1116 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1117 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1118 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1119 ** of this. 1120 */ 1121 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1122 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1123 1124 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1125 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1126 rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1127 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1128 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1129 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1130 } 1131 } 1132 return rc; 1133 } 1134 1135 /* 1136 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1137 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1138 ** 1139 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1140 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1141 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1142 ** to the page size. 1143 ** 1144 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1145 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1146 ** database. 1147 ** 1148 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1149 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1150 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1151 */ 1152 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1153 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1154 assert( !MEMDB ); 1155 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1156 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1157 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1158 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1159 1160 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1161 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1162 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1163 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1164 1165 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1166 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1167 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1168 return 0; 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1173 } 1174 #else 1175 # define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0 1176 #endif 1177 1178 /* 1179 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1180 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1181 ** and debugging only. 1182 */ 1183 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1184 /* 1185 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1186 */ 1187 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1188 u32 hash = 0; 1189 int i; 1190 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1191 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1192 } 1193 return hash; 1194 } 1195 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1196 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1197 } 1198 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1199 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1200 } 1201 1202 /* 1203 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1204 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1205 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1206 */ 1207 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1208 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1209 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1210 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1211 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1212 } 1213 1214 #else 1215 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1216 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1217 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1218 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1219 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1220 1221 /* 1222 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1223 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1224 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1225 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1226 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1227 ** 1228 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1229 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1230 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1231 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1232 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1233 ** were present in the journal. 1234 ** 1235 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1236 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1237 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1238 ** journal file name. 1239 ** 1240 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1241 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1242 ** 1243 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1244 ** error code is returned. 1245 */ 1246 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1247 int rc; /* Return code */ 1248 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1249 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1250 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1251 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1252 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1253 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1254 1255 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1256 || szJ<16 1257 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1258 || len>=nMaster 1259 || len==0 1260 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1261 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1262 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1263 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1264 ){ 1265 return rc; 1266 } 1267 1268 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1269 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1270 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1271 } 1272 if( cksum ){ 1273 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1274 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1275 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1276 ** master-journal filename. 1277 */ 1278 len = 0; 1279 } 1280 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1281 1282 return SQLITE_OK; 1283 } 1284 1285 /* 1286 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1287 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1288 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1289 ** 1290 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1291 ** 1292 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1293 ** --------------------------------------- 1294 ** 0 0 1295 ** 512 512 1296 ** 100 512 1297 ** 2000 2048 1298 ** 1299 */ 1300 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1301 i64 offset = 0; 1302 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1303 if( c ){ 1304 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1305 } 1306 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1307 assert( offset>=c ); 1308 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1309 return offset; 1310 } 1311 1312 /* 1313 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1314 ** 1315 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1316 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1317 ** 1318 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1319 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1320 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1321 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1322 ** after writing or truncating it. 1323 ** 1324 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1325 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1326 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1327 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1328 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1329 ** 1330 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1331 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1332 */ 1333 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1334 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1335 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1336 assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ); 1337 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1338 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1339 1340 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1341 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1342 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1343 }else{ 1344 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1345 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1346 } 1347 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1348 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1349 } 1350 1351 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1352 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1353 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1354 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1355 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1356 */ 1357 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1358 i64 sz; 1359 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1360 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1361 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1362 } 1363 } 1364 } 1365 return rc; 1366 } 1367 1368 /* 1369 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1370 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1371 ** current location. 1372 ** 1373 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1374 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1375 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1376 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1377 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1378 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1379 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1380 ** 1381 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1382 */ 1383 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1384 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1385 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1386 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1387 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1388 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1389 1390 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1391 1392 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1393 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1394 } 1395 1396 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1397 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1398 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1399 */ 1400 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1401 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1402 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1403 } 1404 } 1405 1406 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1407 1408 /* 1409 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1410 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1411 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1412 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1413 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1414 ** 1415 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1416 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1417 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1418 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1419 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1420 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1421 ** 1422 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1423 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1424 ** 1425 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1426 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1427 */ 1428 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1429 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1430 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1431 ){ 1432 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1433 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1434 }else{ 1435 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1436 } 1437 1438 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1439 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1440 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1441 /* The initial database size */ 1442 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1443 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1444 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1445 1446 /* The page size */ 1447 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1448 1449 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1450 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1451 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1452 ** take the performance hit. 1453 */ 1454 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1455 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1456 1457 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1458 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1459 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1460 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1461 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1462 ** 1463 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1464 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1465 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1466 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1467 ** is done. 1468 ** 1469 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1470 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1471 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1472 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1473 */ 1474 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1475 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1476 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1477 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1478 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1479 } 1480 1481 return rc; 1482 } 1483 1484 /* 1485 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1486 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1487 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1488 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1489 ** a description of the journal header format. 1490 ** 1491 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1492 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1493 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1494 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1495 ** in this case. 1496 ** 1497 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1498 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1499 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1500 */ 1501 static int readJournalHdr( 1502 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1503 int isHot, 1504 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1505 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1506 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1507 ){ 1508 int rc; /* Return code */ 1509 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1510 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1511 1512 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1513 1514 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1515 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1516 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1517 */ 1518 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1519 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1520 return SQLITE_DONE; 1521 } 1522 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1523 1524 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1525 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1526 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1527 ** proceed. 1528 */ 1529 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1530 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1531 if( rc ){ 1532 return rc; 1533 } 1534 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1535 return SQLITE_DONE; 1536 } 1537 } 1538 1539 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1540 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1541 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1542 */ 1543 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1544 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1545 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1546 ){ 1547 return rc; 1548 } 1549 1550 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1551 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1552 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1553 1554 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1555 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1556 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1557 ){ 1558 return rc; 1559 } 1560 1561 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1562 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1563 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1564 */ 1565 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1566 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1567 } 1568 1569 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1570 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1571 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1572 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1573 */ 1574 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1575 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1576 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1577 ){ 1578 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1579 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1580 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1581 ** the journal file here. 1582 */ 1583 return SQLITE_DONE; 1584 } 1585 1586 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1587 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1588 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1589 */ 1590 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1591 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1592 1593 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1594 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1595 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1596 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1597 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1598 */ 1599 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1600 } 1601 1602 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1603 return rc; 1604 } 1605 1606 1607 /* 1608 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1609 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1610 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1611 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1612 ** anything is written. The format is: 1613 ** 1614 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1615 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1616 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1617 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1618 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1619 ** 1620 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1621 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1622 ** 1623 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1624 ** this call is a no-op. 1625 */ 1626 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1627 int rc; /* Return code */ 1628 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1629 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1630 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1631 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1632 1633 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1634 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1635 1636 if( !zMaster 1637 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1638 || !isOpen(pPager->jfd) 1639 ){ 1640 return SQLITE_OK; 1641 } 1642 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1643 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1644 1645 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1646 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1647 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1648 } 1649 1650 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1651 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1652 ** the journal has already been synced. 1653 */ 1654 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1655 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1656 } 1657 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1658 1659 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1660 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1661 */ 1662 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1663 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1664 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1665 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1666 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, 1667 iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1668 ){ 1669 return rc; 1670 } 1671 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1672 1673 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1674 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1675 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1676 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1677 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1678 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1679 ** 1680 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1681 ** file to the required size. 1682 */ 1683 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1684 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1685 ){ 1686 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1687 } 1688 return rc; 1689 } 1690 1691 /* 1692 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1693 */ 1694 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1695 pPager->iDataVersion++; 1696 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1697 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1698 } 1699 1700 /* 1701 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value 1702 */ 1703 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){ 1704 assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN ); 1705 return pPager->iDataVersion; 1706 } 1707 1708 /* 1709 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1710 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1711 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1712 */ 1713 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1714 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1715 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1716 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1717 } 1718 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1719 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1720 } 1721 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1722 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1723 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1724 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1725 } 1726 1727 /* 1728 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1729 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1730 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1731 */ 1732 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1733 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1734 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1735 1736 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1737 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1738 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1739 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1740 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1741 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1742 } 1743 } 1744 return rc; 1745 } 1746 1747 /* 1748 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1749 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1750 ** state. 1751 ** 1752 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1753 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1754 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1755 ** closed (if it is open). 1756 ** 1757 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1758 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1759 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1760 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1761 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1762 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1763 */ 1764 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1765 1766 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1767 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1768 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1769 ); 1770 1771 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1772 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1773 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1774 1775 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1776 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1777 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1778 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1779 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1780 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1781 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1782 1783 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1784 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1785 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1786 ** out from under us. 1787 */ 1788 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1789 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1790 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1791 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1792 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1793 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1794 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1795 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1796 ){ 1797 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1798 } 1799 1800 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1801 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1802 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1803 ** is necessary. 1804 */ 1805 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1806 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1807 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1808 } 1809 1810 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1811 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1812 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1813 */ 1814 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1815 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1816 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1817 } 1818 1819 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1820 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1821 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1822 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1823 */ 1824 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1825 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1826 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){ 1827 pager_reset(pPager); 1828 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1829 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1830 }else{ 1831 pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER); 1832 } 1833 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1834 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1835 } 1836 1837 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1838 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1839 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1840 } 1841 1842 /* 1843 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1844 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1845 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1846 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1847 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1848 ** 1849 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1850 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1851 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1852 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1853 ** 1854 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1855 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1856 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1857 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1858 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1859 ** it were a hot-journal). 1860 */ 1861 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1862 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1863 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1864 assert( 1865 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1866 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1867 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1868 ); 1869 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1870 pPager->errCode = rc; 1871 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1872 } 1873 return rc; 1874 } 1875 1876 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1877 1878 /* 1879 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1) 1880 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0). 1881 ** 1882 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk. 1883 ** 1884 ** Rules: 1885 ** 1886 ** * For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk. This is necessary 1887 ** for transactions to be durable. 1888 ** 1889 ** * Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing 1890 ** file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and 1891 ** when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total 1892 ** cache size. 1893 */ 1894 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){ 1895 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1; 1896 if( !bCommit ) return 0; 1897 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0; 1898 return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25); 1899 } 1900 1901 /* 1902 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1903 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1904 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1905 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1906 ** database transaction. 1907 ** 1908 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1909 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1910 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1911 ** 1912 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1913 ** 1914 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1915 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1916 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1917 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1918 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1919 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1920 ** 1921 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1922 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1923 ** in-memory journal. 1924 ** 1925 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1926 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1927 ** 1928 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1929 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1930 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1931 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1932 ** 1933 ** journalMode==DELETE 1934 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1935 ** 1936 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1937 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1938 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1939 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1940 ** 1941 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1942 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1943 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1944 ** 1945 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1946 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1947 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1948 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1949 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1950 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1951 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1952 ** returned. 1953 */ 1954 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1955 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1956 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1957 1958 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1959 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1960 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1961 ** held under two circumstances: 1962 ** 1963 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 1964 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1965 ** 1966 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 1967 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 1968 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 1969 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 1970 */ 1971 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 1972 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1973 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 1974 return SQLITE_OK; 1975 } 1976 1977 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1978 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 1979 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 1980 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1981 1982 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 1983 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){ 1984 /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */ 1985 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1986 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 1987 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1988 rc = SQLITE_OK; 1989 }else{ 1990 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1991 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){ 1992 /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away. 1993 ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and 1994 ** cause the last transaction to roll back. See 1995 ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773 1996 */ 1997 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 1998 } 1999 } 2000 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2001 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 2002 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 2003 ){ 2004 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile); 2005 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2006 }else{ 2007 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 2008 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 2009 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 2010 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 2011 */ 2012 int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile; 2013 assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 ); 2014 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 2015 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 2016 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 2017 ); 2018 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 2019 if( bDelete ){ 2020 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync); 2021 } 2022 } 2023 } 2024 2025 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 2026 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 2027 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 2028 PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1); 2029 if( p ){ 2030 p->pageHash = 0; 2031 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 2032 } 2033 } 2034 #endif 2035 2036 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 2037 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 2038 pPager->nRec = 0; 2039 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2040 if( pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){ 2041 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 2042 }else{ 2043 sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache); 2044 } 2045 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2046 } 2047 2048 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2049 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2050 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2051 ** lock held on the database file. 2052 */ 2053 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2054 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2055 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2056 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2057 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2058 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2059 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2060 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2061 ** required size. */ 2062 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2063 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2064 } 2065 2066 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2067 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2068 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2069 } 2070 2071 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2072 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2073 ){ 2074 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2075 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2076 } 2077 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2078 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2079 2080 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2081 } 2082 2083 /* 2084 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2085 ** database file. 2086 ** 2087 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2088 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2089 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2090 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2091 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2092 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2093 ** will roll it back. 2094 ** 2095 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2096 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2097 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2098 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2099 */ 2100 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2101 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2102 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2103 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2104 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2105 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2106 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2107 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2108 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2109 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2110 } 2111 } 2112 pager_unlock(pPager); 2113 } 2114 2115 /* 2116 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2117 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2118 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2119 ** 2120 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2121 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2122 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2123 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2124 ** 2125 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2126 ** incompatible journal file format. 2127 ** 2128 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2129 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2130 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2131 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2132 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2133 */ 2134 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2135 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2136 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2137 while( i>0 ){ 2138 cksum += aData[i]; 2139 i -= 200; 2140 } 2141 return cksum; 2142 } 2143 2144 /* 2145 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2146 ** to the codec. 2147 */ 2148 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2149 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2150 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2151 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2152 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2153 } 2154 } 2155 #else 2156 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2157 #endif 2158 2159 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2160 /* 2161 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination 2162 ** pager as it is in the source. This comes up when a VACUUM changes the 2163 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount. 2164 */ 2165 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){ 2166 if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){ 2167 pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve; 2168 pagerReportSize(pDest); 2169 } 2170 } 2171 #endif 2172 2173 /* 2174 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2175 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2176 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2177 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2178 ** 2179 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2180 ** not. 2181 ** 2182 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2183 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2184 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2185 ** 2186 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2187 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2188 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2189 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2190 ** prior to returning. 2191 ** 2192 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2193 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2194 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2195 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2196 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2197 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2198 ** two circumstances: 2199 ** 2200 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2201 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2202 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2203 ** 2204 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2205 ** 2206 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2207 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2208 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2209 */ 2210 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2211 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2212 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2213 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2214 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2215 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2216 ){ 2217 int rc; 2218 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2219 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2220 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2221 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2222 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2223 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2224 2225 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2226 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2227 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2228 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2229 2230 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2231 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2232 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2233 2234 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2235 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2236 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2237 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2238 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2239 */ 2240 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2241 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2242 ); 2243 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2244 2245 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2246 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2247 */ 2248 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2249 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2250 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2251 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2252 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2253 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2254 2255 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2256 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2257 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2258 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2259 */ 2260 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2261 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2262 return SQLITE_DONE; 2263 } 2264 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2265 return SQLITE_OK; 2266 } 2267 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2268 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2269 if( rc ) return rc; 2270 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2271 return SQLITE_DONE; 2272 } 2273 } 2274 2275 /* If this page has already been played back before during the current 2276 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2277 */ 2278 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2279 return rc; 2280 } 2281 2282 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2283 */ 2284 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2285 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2286 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2287 } 2288 2289 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2290 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2291 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2292 ** 2293 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2294 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2295 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2296 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2297 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2298 ** assert()able. 2299 ** 2300 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2301 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2302 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2303 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2304 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2305 ** 2306 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2307 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2308 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2309 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2310 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2311 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2312 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2313 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2314 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2315 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2316 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2317 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2318 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2319 ** 2320 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2321 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2322 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2323 */ 2324 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2325 pPg = 0; 2326 }else{ 2327 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 2328 } 2329 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2330 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 2331 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2332 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2333 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2334 )); 2335 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2336 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2337 }else{ 2338 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2339 } 2340 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2341 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2342 && isSynced 2343 ){ 2344 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2345 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2346 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2347 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2348 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2349 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2350 } 2351 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2352 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2353 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2354 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData); 2355 } 2356 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2357 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2358 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2359 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2360 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2361 ** current. 2362 ** 2363 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2364 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2365 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2366 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2367 ** 2368 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2369 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2370 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2371 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2372 */ 2373 assert( isSavepnt ); 2374 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2375 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2376 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2377 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2378 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2379 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2380 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2381 } 2382 if( pPg ){ 2383 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2384 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2385 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2386 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2387 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2388 */ 2389 void *pData; 2390 pData = pPg->pData; 2391 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2392 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2393 /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here. But 2394 ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache 2395 ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so 2396 ** has been removed. */ 2397 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2398 2399 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2400 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2401 if( pgno==1 ){ 2402 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2403 } 2404 2405 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2406 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2407 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2408 } 2409 return rc; 2410 } 2411 2412 /* 2413 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2414 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2415 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2416 ** and does so if it is. 2417 ** 2418 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2419 ** available for use within this function. 2420 ** 2421 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2422 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2423 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2424 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2425 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2426 ** 2427 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2428 ** 2429 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2430 ** journals have been rolled back. 2431 ** 2432 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2433 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2434 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2435 ** 2436 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2437 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2438 ** file zMaster 2439 ** 2440 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2441 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2442 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2443 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2444 ** 2445 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2446 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2447 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2448 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2449 ** 2450 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2451 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2452 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2453 ** size. 2454 */ 2455 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2456 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2457 int rc; /* Return code */ 2458 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2459 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2460 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2461 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2462 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2463 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2464 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2465 2466 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2467 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2468 */ 2469 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2470 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2471 if( !pMaster ){ 2472 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2473 }else{ 2474 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2475 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2476 } 2477 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2478 2479 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2480 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2481 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2482 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2483 */ 2484 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2485 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2486 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2487 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2488 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2489 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 2490 goto delmaster_out; 2491 } 2492 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2493 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2494 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2495 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2496 2497 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2498 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2499 int exists; 2500 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2501 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2502 goto delmaster_out; 2503 } 2504 if( exists ){ 2505 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2506 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2507 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2508 */ 2509 int c; 2510 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2511 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2512 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2513 goto delmaster_out; 2514 } 2515 2516 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2517 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2518 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2519 goto delmaster_out; 2520 } 2521 2522 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2523 if( c ){ 2524 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2525 goto delmaster_out; 2526 } 2527 } 2528 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2529 } 2530 2531 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2532 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2533 2534 delmaster_out: 2535 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2536 if( pMaster ){ 2537 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2538 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2539 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2540 } 2541 return rc; 2542 } 2543 2544 2545 /* 2546 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2547 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2548 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2549 ** 2550 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2551 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2552 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2553 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2554 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2555 ** 2556 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2557 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2558 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2559 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2560 ** the end of the new file instead. 2561 ** 2562 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2563 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2564 */ 2565 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2566 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2567 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2568 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2569 2570 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2571 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2572 ){ 2573 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2574 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2575 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2576 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2577 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2578 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2579 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2580 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2581 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2582 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2583 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2584 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2585 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2586 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2587 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2588 } 2589 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2590 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2591 } 2592 } 2593 } 2594 return rc; 2595 } 2596 2597 /* 2598 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2599 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2600 */ 2601 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2602 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2603 if( iRet<32 ){ 2604 iRet = 512; 2605 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2606 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2607 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2608 } 2609 return iRet; 2610 } 2611 2612 /* 2613 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2614 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2615 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used 2616 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2617 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2618 ** 2619 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2620 ** 2621 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2622 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2623 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2624 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2625 ** 2626 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2627 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2628 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2629 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2630 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2631 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2632 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2633 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2634 */ 2635 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2636 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2637 2638 if( pPager->tempFile 2639 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2640 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2641 ){ 2642 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2643 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2644 ** call will segfault. */ 2645 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2646 }else{ 2647 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2648 } 2649 } 2650 2651 /* 2652 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2653 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2654 ** 2655 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2656 ** 2657 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2658 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2659 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2660 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2661 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2662 ** sanity checksum. 2663 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2664 ** database to during a rollback. 2665 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2666 ** is this many bytes in size. 2667 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2668 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2669 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2670 ** + 4 byte page number. 2671 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2672 ** + 4 byte checksum 2673 ** 2674 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2675 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2676 ** 2677 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2678 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2679 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2680 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2681 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2682 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2683 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2684 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2685 ** 2686 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2687 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2688 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2689 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2690 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2691 ** 2692 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2693 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2694 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2695 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2696 ** been encountered. 2697 ** 2698 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2699 ** and an error code is returned. 2700 ** 2701 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2702 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2703 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2704 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2705 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2706 ** needed. 2707 */ 2708 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2709 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2710 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2711 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2712 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2713 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2714 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2715 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2716 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2717 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2718 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2719 2720 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2721 ** the journal is empty. 2722 */ 2723 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2724 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2725 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2726 goto end_playback; 2727 } 2728 2729 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2730 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2731 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2732 ** played back. 2733 ** 2734 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2735 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2736 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2737 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2738 ** for pageSize. 2739 */ 2740 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2741 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2742 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2743 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2744 } 2745 zMaster = 0; 2746 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2747 goto end_playback; 2748 } 2749 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2750 needPagerReset = isHot; 2751 2752 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2753 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2754 ** occurs. 2755 */ 2756 while( 1 ){ 2757 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2758 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2759 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2760 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2761 */ 2762 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2763 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2764 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2765 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2766 } 2767 goto end_playback; 2768 } 2769 2770 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2771 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2772 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2773 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2774 */ 2775 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2776 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2777 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2778 } 2779 2780 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2781 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2782 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2783 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2784 ** size of the file. 2785 ** 2786 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2787 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2788 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2789 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2790 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2791 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2792 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2793 */ 2794 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2795 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2796 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2797 } 2798 2799 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2800 ** database file back to its original size. 2801 */ 2802 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2803 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2804 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2805 goto end_playback; 2806 } 2807 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2808 } 2809 2810 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2811 ** database file and/or page cache. 2812 */ 2813 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2814 if( needPagerReset ){ 2815 pager_reset(pPager); 2816 needPagerReset = 0; 2817 } 2818 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2819 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2820 nPlayback++; 2821 }else{ 2822 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2823 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2824 break; 2825 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2826 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2827 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2828 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2829 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2830 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2831 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2832 goto end_playback; 2833 }else{ 2834 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2835 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2836 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2837 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2838 */ 2839 goto end_playback; 2840 } 2841 } 2842 } 2843 } 2844 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2845 assert( 0 ); 2846 2847 end_playback: 2848 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2849 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2850 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2851 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2852 */ 2853 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2854 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2855 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2856 } 2857 #endif 2858 2859 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2860 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2861 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2862 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2863 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2864 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2865 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2866 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2867 */ 2868 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2869 2870 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2871 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2872 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2873 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2874 } 2875 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2876 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2877 ){ 2878 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2879 } 2880 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2881 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2882 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2883 } 2884 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2885 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2886 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2887 */ 2888 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2889 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2890 } 2891 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2892 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2893 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2894 } 2895 2896 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2897 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2898 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2899 */ 2900 setSectorSize(pPager); 2901 return rc; 2902 } 2903 2904 2905 /* 2906 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2907 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2908 ** file before this function is called. 2909 ** 2910 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2911 ** the value read from the database file. 2912 ** 2913 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2914 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2915 */ 2916 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2917 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2918 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2919 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2920 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2921 2922 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2923 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2924 2925 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2926 if( iFrame ){ 2927 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2928 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2929 }else 2930 #endif 2931 { 2932 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2933 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2934 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2935 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2936 } 2937 } 2938 2939 if( pgno==1 ){ 2940 if( rc ){ 2941 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2942 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2943 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2944 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2945 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2946 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2947 ** 2948 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2949 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2950 ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2951 ** we should still be ok. 2952 */ 2953 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2954 }else{ 2955 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2956 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2957 } 2958 } 2959 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT); 2960 2961 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2962 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 2963 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 2964 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 2965 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 2966 2967 return rc; 2968 } 2969 2970 /* 2971 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 2972 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 2973 ** 2974 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 2975 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 2976 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 2977 */ 2978 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 2979 u32 change_counter; 2980 2981 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 2982 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 2983 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 2984 2985 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 2986 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 2987 ** is valid. */ 2988 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 2989 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 2990 } 2991 2992 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2993 /* 2994 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 2995 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 2996 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 2997 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 2998 ** 2999 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 3000 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 3001 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 3002 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 3003 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 3004 */ 3005 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 3006 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3007 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 3008 PgHdr *pPg; 3009 3010 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3011 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 3012 if( pPg ){ 3013 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 3014 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 3015 }else{ 3016 u32 iFrame = 0; 3017 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 3018 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3019 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 3020 } 3021 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3022 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 3023 } 3024 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 3025 } 3026 } 3027 3028 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 3029 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 3030 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 3031 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 3032 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 3033 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 3034 ** the backups must be restarted. 3035 */ 3036 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 3037 3038 return rc; 3039 } 3040 3041 /* 3042 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3043 */ 3044 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3045 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3046 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3047 3048 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3049 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3050 ** following: 3051 ** 3052 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3053 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3054 */ 3055 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3056 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3057 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3058 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3059 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3060 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3061 pList = pNext; 3062 } 3063 3064 return rc; 3065 } 3066 3067 /* 3068 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3069 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3070 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3071 ** changed. 3072 ** 3073 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3074 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3075 */ 3076 static int pagerWalFrames( 3077 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3078 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3079 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3080 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3081 ){ 3082 int rc; /* Return code */ 3083 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3084 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3085 3086 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3087 assert( pList ); 3088 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3089 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3090 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3091 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3092 } 3093 #endif 3094 3095 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3096 if( isCommit ){ 3097 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3098 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3099 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3100 ** list here. */ 3101 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3102 nList = 0; 3103 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3104 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3105 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3106 nList++; 3107 } 3108 } 3109 assert( pList ); 3110 }else{ 3111 nList = 1; 3112 } 3113 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3114 3115 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3116 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3117 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3118 ); 3119 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3120 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3121 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3122 } 3123 } 3124 3125 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3126 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3127 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3128 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3129 } 3130 #endif 3131 3132 return rc; 3133 } 3134 3135 /* 3136 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3137 ** 3138 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3139 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3140 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3141 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3142 */ 3143 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3144 int rc; /* Return code */ 3145 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3146 3147 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3148 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3149 3150 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3151 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3152 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3153 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3154 */ 3155 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3156 3157 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3158 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3159 pager_reset(pPager); 3160 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3161 } 3162 3163 return rc; 3164 } 3165 #endif 3166 3167 /* 3168 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3169 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3170 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3171 ** 3172 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3173 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3174 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3175 */ 3176 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3177 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3178 3179 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3180 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3181 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3182 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3183 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3184 */ 3185 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3186 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3187 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 3188 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 3189 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3190 3191 /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the 3192 ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of 3193 ** the database file. If the size of the database file is not an 3194 ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result. 3195 */ 3196 if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){ 3197 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3198 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3199 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3200 return rc; 3201 } 3202 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3203 } 3204 3205 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3206 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3207 ** that the file can be read. 3208 */ 3209 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3210 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3211 } 3212 3213 *pnPage = nPage; 3214 return SQLITE_OK; 3215 } 3216 3217 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3218 /* 3219 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3220 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3221 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3222 ** 3223 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3224 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3225 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3226 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3227 ** 3228 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3229 ** 3230 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3231 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3232 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3233 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3234 ** other connection. 3235 */ 3236 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3237 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3238 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3239 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3240 3241 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3242 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3243 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3244 3245 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3246 if( rc ) return rc; 3247 if( nPage==0 ){ 3248 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3249 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3250 isWal = 0; 3251 }else{ 3252 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3253 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3254 ); 3255 } 3256 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3257 if( isWal ){ 3258 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3259 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3260 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3261 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3262 } 3263 } 3264 } 3265 return rc; 3266 } 3267 #endif 3268 3269 /* 3270 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3271 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3272 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3273 ** savepoint. 3274 ** 3275 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3276 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3277 ** performed in the order specified: 3278 ** 3279 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3280 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3281 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3282 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3283 ** 3284 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3285 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3286 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3287 ** 3288 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3289 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3290 ** the journal file. 3291 ** 3292 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3293 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3294 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3295 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3296 ** 3297 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3298 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3299 ** 3300 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3301 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3302 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3303 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3304 */ 3305 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3306 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3307 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3308 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3309 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3310 3311 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3312 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3313 3314 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3315 if( pSavepoint ){ 3316 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3317 if( !pDone ){ 3318 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3319 } 3320 } 3321 3322 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3323 ** being reverted was opened. 3324 */ 3325 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3326 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3327 3328 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3329 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3330 } 3331 3332 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3333 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3334 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3335 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3336 */ 3337 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3338 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3339 3340 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3341 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3342 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3343 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3344 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3345 ** are played back. 3346 */ 3347 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3348 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3349 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3350 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3351 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3352 } 3353 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3354 }else{ 3355 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3356 } 3357 3358 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3359 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3360 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3361 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3362 */ 3363 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3364 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3365 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3366 u32 dummy; 3367 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3368 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3369 3370 /* 3371 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3372 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3373 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3374 */ 3375 if( nJRec==0 3376 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3377 ){ 3378 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3379 } 3380 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3381 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3382 } 3383 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3384 } 3385 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3386 3387 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3388 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3389 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3390 */ 3391 if( pSavepoint ){ 3392 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3393 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3394 3395 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3396 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3397 } 3398 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3399 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3400 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3401 } 3402 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3403 } 3404 3405 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3406 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3407 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3408 } 3409 3410 return rc; 3411 } 3412 3413 /* 3414 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3415 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages. 3416 */ 3417 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3418 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3419 } 3420 3421 /* 3422 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed 3423 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal. 3424 */ 3425 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3426 return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3427 } 3428 3429 /* 3430 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3431 */ 3432 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3433 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3434 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3435 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3436 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3437 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3438 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3439 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3440 } 3441 #endif 3442 } 3443 3444 /* 3445 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3446 */ 3447 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3448 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3449 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3450 } 3451 3452 /* 3453 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3454 */ 3455 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3456 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3457 } 3458 3459 /* 3460 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3461 ** 3462 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3463 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3464 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3465 ** There are four levels: 3466 ** 3467 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3468 ** for temporary and transient files. 3469 ** 3470 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3471 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3472 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3473 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3474 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3475 ** when it is rolled back. 3476 ** 3477 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3478 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3479 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3480 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3481 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3482 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3483 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3484 ** 3485 ** EXTRA This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory 3486 ** that contains the rollback journal after the rollback 3487 ** journal is unlinked. 3488 ** 3489 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3490 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3491 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3492 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3493 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3494 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3495 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3496 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. There is no difference between FULL 3497 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode. 3498 ** 3499 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3500 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3501 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3502 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3503 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3504 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3505 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3506 ** 3507 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3508 ** and FULL=3. 3509 */ 3510 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3511 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3512 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3513 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3514 ){ 3515 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3516 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 3517 pPager->noSync = 1; 3518 pPager->fullSync = 0; 3519 pPager->extraSync = 0; 3520 }else{ 3521 pPager->noSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0; 3522 pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0; 3523 pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0; 3524 } 3525 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3526 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3527 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3528 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3529 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3530 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3531 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3532 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3533 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3534 }else{ 3535 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3536 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3537 } 3538 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3539 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3540 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3541 } 3542 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3543 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3544 }else{ 3545 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3546 } 3547 } 3548 #endif 3549 3550 /* 3551 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3552 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3553 ** testing and analysis only. 3554 */ 3555 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3556 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3557 #endif 3558 3559 /* 3560 ** Open a temporary file. 3561 ** 3562 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3563 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3564 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3565 ** 3566 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3567 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3568 ** 3569 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3570 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3571 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3572 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3573 */ 3574 static int pagerOpentemp( 3575 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3576 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3577 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3578 ){ 3579 int rc; /* Return code */ 3580 3581 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3582 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3583 #endif 3584 3585 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3586 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3587 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3588 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3589 return rc; 3590 } 3591 3592 /* 3593 ** Set the busy handler function. 3594 ** 3595 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3596 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3597 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3598 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3599 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3600 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3601 ** 3602 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3603 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3604 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3605 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3606 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3607 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3608 ** 3609 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3610 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3611 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3612 */ 3613 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3614 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3615 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3616 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3617 ){ 3618 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3619 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3620 3621 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3622 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3623 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3624 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3625 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3626 } 3627 } 3628 3629 /* 3630 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3631 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3632 ** 3633 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3634 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3635 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3636 ** 3637 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3638 ** 3639 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3640 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3641 ** 3642 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3643 ** 3644 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3645 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3646 ** 3647 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3648 ** 3649 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3650 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3651 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3652 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3653 ** 3654 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3655 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3656 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3657 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3658 */ 3659 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3660 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3661 3662 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3663 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3664 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3665 ** 3666 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3667 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3668 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3669 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3670 */ 3671 3672 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3673 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3674 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3675 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3676 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3677 ){ 3678 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3679 i64 nByte = 0; 3680 3681 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3682 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3683 } 3684 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3685 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3686 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3687 } 3688 3689 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3690 pager_reset(pPager); 3691 rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3692 } 3693 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3694 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3695 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3696 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3697 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3698 }else{ 3699 sqlite3PageFree(pNew); 3700 } 3701 } 3702 3703 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3704 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3705 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3706 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3707 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3708 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3709 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3710 } 3711 return rc; 3712 } 3713 3714 /* 3715 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3716 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3717 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3718 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3719 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3720 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3721 */ 3722 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3723 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3724 } 3725 3726 /* 3727 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3728 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3729 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3730 ** 3731 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3732 */ 3733 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3734 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3735 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3736 } 3737 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3738 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3739 return pPager->mxPgno; 3740 } 3741 3742 /* 3743 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3744 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3745 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3746 ** 3747 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3748 ** and generate no code. 3749 */ 3750 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3751 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3752 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3753 static int saved_cnt; 3754 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3755 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3756 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3757 } 3758 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3759 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3760 } 3761 #else 3762 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3763 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3764 #endif 3765 3766 /* 3767 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3768 ** that pDest points to. 3769 ** 3770 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3771 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3772 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3773 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3774 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3775 ** 3776 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3777 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3778 ** output buffer undefined. 3779 */ 3780 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3781 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3782 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3783 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3784 3785 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3786 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3787 ** to WAL mode yet. 3788 */ 3789 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3790 3791 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3792 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3793 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3794 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3795 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3796 } 3797 } 3798 return rc; 3799 } 3800 3801 /* 3802 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3803 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3804 ** 3805 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3806 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3807 */ 3808 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3809 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3810 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3811 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3812 } 3813 3814 3815 /* 3816 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3817 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3818 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3819 ** 3820 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3821 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3822 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3823 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3824 ** 3825 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3826 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3827 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3828 */ 3829 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3830 int rc; /* Return code */ 3831 3832 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3833 ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler 3834 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3835 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3836 */ 3837 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3838 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3839 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3840 ); 3841 3842 do { 3843 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3844 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3845 return rc; 3846 } 3847 3848 /* 3849 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3850 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3851 ** 3852 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3853 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3854 ** 3855 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3856 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3857 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3858 ** 3859 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3860 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3861 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3862 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3863 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3864 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3865 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3866 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3867 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3868 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3869 */ 3870 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3871 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3872 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3873 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3874 } 3875 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3876 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3877 } 3878 #else 3879 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3880 #endif 3881 3882 /* 3883 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3884 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3885 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3886 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3887 ** 3888 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3889 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3890 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3891 ** then continue writing to the database. 3892 */ 3893 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3894 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3895 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3896 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3897 3898 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3899 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3900 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3901 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3902 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3903 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3904 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3905 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3906 ** is no longer correct. */ 3907 } 3908 3909 3910 /* 3911 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3912 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3913 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3914 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3915 ** 3916 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3917 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3918 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3919 ** content as this process. 3920 ** 3921 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3922 ** an SQLite error code. 3923 */ 3924 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3925 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3926 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3927 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3928 } 3929 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3930 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3931 } 3932 return rc; 3933 } 3934 3935 /* 3936 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3937 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3938 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3939 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3940 ** *ppPage to zero. 3941 ** 3942 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3943 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3944 */ 3945 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 3946 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3947 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 3948 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 3949 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 3950 ){ 3951 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 3952 3953 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 3954 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3955 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 3956 p->pDirty = 0; 3957 memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); 3958 }else{ 3959 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 3960 if( p==0 ){ 3961 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 3962 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 3963 } 3964 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 3965 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 3966 p->nRef = 1; 3967 p->pPager = pPager; 3968 } 3969 3970 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 3971 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 3972 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 3973 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 3974 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 3975 3976 p->pgno = pgno; 3977 p->pData = pData; 3978 pPager->nMmapOut++; 3979 3980 return SQLITE_OK; 3981 } 3982 3983 /* 3984 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 3985 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 3986 */ 3987 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3988 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 3989 pPager->nMmapOut--; 3990 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3991 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 3992 3993 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 3994 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 3995 } 3996 3997 /* 3998 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 3999 */ 4000 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 4001 PgHdr *p; 4002 PgHdr *pNext; 4003 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 4004 pNext = p->pDirty; 4005 sqlite3_free(p); 4006 } 4007 } 4008 4009 4010 /* 4011 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 4012 ** 4013 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 4014 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 4015 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 4016 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 4017 ** result in a coredump. 4018 ** 4019 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 4020 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 4021 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 4022 ** to the caller. 4023 */ 4024 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ 4025 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 4026 4027 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4028 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 4029 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4030 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 4031 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 4032 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 4033 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4034 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); 4035 pPager->pWal = 0; 4036 #endif 4037 pager_reset(pPager); 4038 if( MEMDB ){ 4039 pager_unlock(pPager); 4040 }else{ 4041 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 4042 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 4043 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 4044 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 4045 ** 4046 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 4047 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 4048 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 4049 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 4050 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 4051 */ 4052 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 4053 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 4054 } 4055 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 4056 } 4057 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4058 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4059 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4060 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4061 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4062 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4063 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4064 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4065 4066 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4067 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4068 #endif 4069 4070 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4071 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4072 4073 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4074 return SQLITE_OK; 4075 } 4076 4077 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4078 /* 4079 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4080 */ 4081 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4082 return pPg->pgno; 4083 } 4084 #endif 4085 4086 /* 4087 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4088 */ 4089 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4090 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4091 } 4092 4093 /* 4094 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4095 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4096 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4097 ** 4098 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4099 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4100 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4101 ** 4102 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4103 ** be taken. 4104 ** 4105 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4106 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4107 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4108 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4109 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4110 ** 4111 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4112 ** journal file is synced. 4113 ** 4114 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4115 ** 4116 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4117 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4118 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4119 ** <update nRec field> 4120 ** } 4121 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4122 ** } 4123 ** 4124 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4125 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4126 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4127 */ 4128 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4129 int rc; /* Return code */ 4130 4131 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4132 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4133 ); 4134 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4135 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4136 4137 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4138 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4139 4140 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4141 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4142 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4143 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4144 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4145 4146 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4147 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4148 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4149 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4150 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4151 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4152 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4153 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4154 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4155 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4156 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4157 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4158 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4159 ** 4160 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4161 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4162 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4163 ** 4164 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4165 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4166 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4167 ** the potential journal header. 4168 */ 4169 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4170 u8 aMagic[8]; 4171 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4172 4173 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4174 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4175 4176 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4177 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4178 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4179 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4180 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4181 } 4182 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4183 return rc; 4184 } 4185 4186 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4187 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4188 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4189 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4190 ** 4191 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4192 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4193 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4194 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4195 ** and never needs to be updated. 4196 */ 4197 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4198 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4199 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4200 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4201 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4202 } 4203 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4204 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4205 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4206 ); 4207 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4208 } 4209 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4210 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4211 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4212 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4213 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4214 ); 4215 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4216 } 4217 4218 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4219 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4220 pPager->nRec = 0; 4221 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4222 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4223 } 4224 }else{ 4225 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4226 } 4227 } 4228 4229 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4230 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4231 ** all pages. 4232 */ 4233 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4234 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4235 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4236 return SQLITE_OK; 4237 } 4238 4239 /* 4240 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4241 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4242 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4243 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4244 ** a no-op. 4245 ** 4246 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4247 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4248 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4249 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4250 ** 4251 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4252 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4253 ** written out. 4254 ** 4255 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4256 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4257 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4258 ** 4259 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4260 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4261 ** 4262 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4263 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4264 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4265 ** the database file. 4266 ** 4267 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4268 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4269 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4270 */ 4271 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4272 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4273 4274 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4275 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4276 assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4277 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4278 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 ); 4279 4280 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4281 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4282 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4283 */ 4284 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4285 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4286 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4287 } 4288 4289 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4290 ** file size will be. 4291 */ 4292 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4293 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4294 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4295 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4296 ){ 4297 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4298 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4299 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4300 } 4301 4302 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4303 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4304 4305 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4306 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4307 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4308 ** any such pages to the file. 4309 ** 4310 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4311 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4312 */ 4313 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4314 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4315 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4316 4317 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4318 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4319 4320 /* Encode the database */ 4321 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData); 4322 4323 /* Write out the page data. */ 4324 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4325 4326 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4327 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4328 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4329 */ 4330 if( pgno==1 ){ 4331 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4332 } 4333 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4334 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4335 } 4336 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4337 4338 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4339 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4340 4341 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4342 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4343 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4344 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4345 }else{ 4346 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4347 } 4348 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4349 pList = pList->pDirty; 4350 } 4351 4352 return rc; 4353 } 4354 4355 /* 4356 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4357 ** function is a no-op. 4358 ** 4359 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4360 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4361 ** fails. 4362 */ 4363 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4364 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4365 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4366 const int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 4367 | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 4368 | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 4369 int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 4370 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4371 nStmtSpill = -1; 4372 } 4373 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill); 4374 } 4375 return rc; 4376 } 4377 4378 /* 4379 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4380 ** 4381 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4382 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4383 ** 4384 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4385 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4386 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4387 ** bitvec. 4388 */ 4389 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4390 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4391 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4392 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4393 4394 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4395 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4396 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4397 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4398 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4399 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4400 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4401 ); 4402 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4403 4404 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4405 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4406 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4407 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4408 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4409 char *pData2; 4410 4411 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 4412 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4413 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4414 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4415 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4416 } 4417 } 4418 } 4419 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4420 pPager->nSubRec++; 4421 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4422 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4423 } 4424 return rc; 4425 } 4426 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){ 4427 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4428 return subjournalPage(pPg); 4429 }else{ 4430 return SQLITE_OK; 4431 } 4432 } 4433 4434 /* 4435 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4436 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4437 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4438 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4439 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4440 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4441 ** argument. 4442 ** 4443 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4444 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4445 ** journal file. 4446 ** 4447 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4448 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4449 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4450 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4451 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4452 */ 4453 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4454 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4455 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4456 4457 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4458 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4459 4460 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4461 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4462 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4463 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4464 ** 4465 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4466 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4467 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4468 ** 4469 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4470 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementation it 4471 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3 4472 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4473 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4474 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4475 */ 4476 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4477 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4478 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4479 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4480 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4481 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4482 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4483 ){ 4484 return SQLITE_OK; 4485 } 4486 4487 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4488 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4489 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4490 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 4491 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4492 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4493 } 4494 }else{ 4495 4496 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4497 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4498 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4499 ){ 4500 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4501 } 4502 4503 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4504 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4505 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4506 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4507 } 4508 } 4509 4510 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4511 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4512 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4513 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4514 } 4515 4516 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4517 } 4518 4519 /* 4520 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk. 4521 */ 4522 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){ 4523 int rc = pPager->errCode; 4524 if( !MEMDB ){ 4525 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 4526 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4527 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4528 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 4529 if( pList->nRef==0 ){ 4530 rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList); 4531 } 4532 pList = pNext; 4533 } 4534 } 4535 4536 return rc; 4537 } 4538 4539 /* 4540 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4541 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4542 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4543 ** 4544 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4545 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4546 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4547 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4548 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4549 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4550 ** 4551 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4552 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4553 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. 4554 ** 4555 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4556 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4557 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4558 ** 4559 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4560 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4561 ** 4562 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4563 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4564 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4565 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4566 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4567 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4568 */ 4569 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4570 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4571 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4572 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4573 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4574 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4575 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4576 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4577 ){ 4578 u8 *pPtr; 4579 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4580 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4581 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4582 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4583 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4584 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4585 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4586 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4587 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4588 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4589 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4590 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4591 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4592 4593 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4594 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). */ 4595 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4596 4597 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4598 *ppPager = 0; 4599 4600 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4601 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4602 memDb = 1; 4603 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4604 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4605 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4606 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4607 zFilename = 0; 4608 } 4609 } 4610 #endif 4611 4612 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4613 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4614 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4615 */ 4616 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4617 const char *z; 4618 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4619 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4620 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4621 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4622 } 4623 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4624 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4625 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4626 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4627 while( *z ){ 4628 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4629 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4630 } 4631 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4632 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4633 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4634 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4635 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4636 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4637 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4638 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4639 */ 4640 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4641 } 4642 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4643 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4644 return rc; 4645 } 4646 } 4647 4648 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4649 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4650 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4651 ** 4652 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4653 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4654 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4655 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4656 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4657 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4658 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4659 */ 4660 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4661 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4662 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4663 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4664 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4665 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4666 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4667 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4668 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4669 #endif 4670 ); 4671 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4672 if( !pPtr ){ 4673 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4674 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 4675 } 4676 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4677 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4678 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4679 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4680 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4681 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4682 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4683 4684 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4685 if( zPathname ){ 4686 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4687 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4688 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4689 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4690 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4691 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4692 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4693 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4694 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4695 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4696 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4697 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4698 #endif 4699 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4700 } 4701 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4702 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4703 4704 /* Open the pager file. 4705 */ 4706 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4707 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4708 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4709 assert( !memDb ); 4710 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4711 4712 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4713 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4714 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4715 ** 4716 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4717 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4718 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4719 */ 4720 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4721 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4722 if( !readOnly ){ 4723 setSectorSize(pPager); 4724 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4725 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4726 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4727 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4728 }else{ 4729 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4730 } 4731 } 4732 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4733 { 4734 int ii; 4735 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4736 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4737 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4738 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4739 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4740 szPageDflt = ii; 4741 } 4742 } 4743 } 4744 #endif 4745 } 4746 pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0); 4747 if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0 4748 || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){ 4749 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY; 4750 goto act_like_temp_file; 4751 } 4752 } 4753 }else{ 4754 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4755 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4756 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4757 ** 4758 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4759 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4760 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4761 ** 4762 ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable. 4763 */ 4764 act_like_temp_file: 4765 tempFile = 1; 4766 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; /* Pretend we already have a lock */ 4767 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */ 4768 pPager->noLock = 1; /* Do no locking */ 4769 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4770 } 4771 4772 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4773 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4774 */ 4775 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4776 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4777 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4778 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4779 } 4780 4781 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4782 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4783 assert( nExtra<1000 ); 4784 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4785 rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4786 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4787 } 4788 4789 /* If an error occurred above, free the Pager structure and close the file. 4790 */ 4791 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4792 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4793 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 4794 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4795 return rc; 4796 } 4797 4798 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4799 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4800 4801 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4802 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4803 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4804 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4805 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4806 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4807 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4808 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4809 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4810 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4811 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4812 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4813 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4814 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4815 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4816 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4817 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4818 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4819 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4820 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4821 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4822 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4823 assert( pPager->extraSync==0 ); 4824 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4825 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4826 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4827 }else{ 4828 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4829 pPager->extraSync = 0; 4830 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4831 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4832 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4833 } 4834 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4835 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4836 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4837 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4838 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4839 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4840 setSectorSize(pPager); 4841 if( !useJournal ){ 4842 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4843 }else if( memDb ){ 4844 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4845 } 4846 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4847 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4848 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4849 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4850 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4851 4852 *ppPager = pPager; 4853 return SQLITE_OK; 4854 } 4855 4856 4857 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4858 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4859 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4860 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4861 */ 4862 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4863 int bHasMoved = 0; 4864 int rc; 4865 4866 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4867 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4868 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4869 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4870 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4871 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4872 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4873 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4874 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4875 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4876 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4877 } 4878 return rc; 4879 } 4880 4881 4882 /* 4883 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4884 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4885 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4886 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4887 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4888 ** 4889 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4890 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4891 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4892 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4893 ** 4894 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4895 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4896 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4897 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4898 ** is returned. 4899 ** 4900 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4901 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4902 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4903 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4904 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4905 ** will not roll it back. 4906 ** 4907 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4908 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4909 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4910 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4911 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4912 */ 4913 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4914 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4915 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4916 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4917 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4918 4919 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4920 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4921 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4922 4923 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4924 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4925 )); 4926 4927 *pExists = 0; 4928 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4929 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4930 } 4931 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4932 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4933 4934 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4935 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4936 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4937 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4938 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4939 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4940 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4941 */ 4942 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4943 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4944 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4945 4946 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 4947 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4948 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4949 /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the 4950 ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where 4951 ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial 4952 ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back. 4953 ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted. However, take care 4954 ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to 4955 ** journal_mode=PERSIST. 4956 */ 4957 if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){ 4958 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4959 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 4960 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 4961 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4962 } 4963 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4964 }else{ 4965 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 4966 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 4967 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 4968 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 4969 ** it can be ignored. 4970 */ 4971 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4972 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 4973 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 4974 } 4975 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4976 u8 first = 0; 4977 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 4978 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4979 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4980 } 4981 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4982 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4983 } 4984 *pExists = (first!=0); 4985 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 4986 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 4987 ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 4988 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 4989 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 4990 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 4991 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 4992 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 4993 ** worry so much with race conditions. 4994 */ 4995 *pExists = 1; 4996 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4997 } 4998 } 4999 } 5000 } 5001 } 5002 5003 return rc; 5004 } 5005 5006 /* 5007 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 5008 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function 5009 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 5010 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 5011 ** 5012 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 5013 ** 5014 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 5015 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 5016 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 5017 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 5018 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 5019 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 5020 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 5021 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 5022 ** 5023 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 5024 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 5025 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 5026 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 5027 ** file. 5028 ** 5029 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 5030 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 5031 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 5032 */ 5033 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 5034 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5035 5036 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 5037 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 5038 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 5039 ** exclusive access mode. */ 5040 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 5041 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5042 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5043 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 5044 5045 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 5046 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 5047 5048 assert( !MEMDB ); 5049 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 5050 5051 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5052 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5053 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 5054 goto failed; 5055 } 5056 5057 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5058 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5059 */ 5060 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5061 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5062 } 5063 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5064 goto failed; 5065 } 5066 if( bHotJournal ){ 5067 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5068 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5069 goto failed; 5070 } 5071 5072 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5073 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5074 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5075 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5076 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5077 ** hot-journal back. 5078 ** 5079 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5080 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5081 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5082 ** on the database file. 5083 ** 5084 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5085 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5086 */ 5087 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5088 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5089 goto failed; 5090 } 5091 5092 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5093 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5094 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5095 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5096 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5097 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5098 ** 5099 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5100 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5101 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5102 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5103 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5104 */ 5105 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5106 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5107 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5108 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5109 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5110 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5111 int fout = 0; 5112 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5113 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5114 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5115 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5116 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5117 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5118 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5119 } 5120 } 5121 } 5122 5123 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5124 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5125 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5126 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5127 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5128 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5129 ** the journal before playing it back. 5130 */ 5131 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5132 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5133 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5134 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5135 rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile); 5136 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5137 } 5138 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5139 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5140 } 5141 5142 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5143 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5144 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5145 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5146 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5147 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5148 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5149 ** 5150 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5151 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5152 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5153 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5154 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5155 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5156 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5157 ** references. 5158 */ 5159 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5160 goto failed; 5161 } 5162 5163 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5164 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5165 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5166 ); 5167 } 5168 5169 if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){ 5170 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to 5171 ** see if the database has been modified. If the database has changed, 5172 ** flush the cache. The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from 5173 ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a 5174 ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up. 5175 ** 5176 ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5177 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5178 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5179 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5180 ** a codec is in use. 5181 ** 5182 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5183 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5184 ** it can be neglected. 5185 */ 5186 Pgno nPage = 0; 5187 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5188 5189 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5190 if( rc ) goto failed; 5191 5192 if( nPage>0 ){ 5193 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5194 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5195 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5196 goto failed; 5197 } 5198 }else{ 5199 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5200 } 5201 5202 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5203 pager_reset(pPager); 5204 5205 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5206 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5207 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5208 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5209 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5210 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5211 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5212 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5213 } 5214 } 5215 } 5216 5217 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5218 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5219 */ 5220 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5221 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5222 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5223 #endif 5224 } 5225 5226 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5227 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5228 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5229 } 5230 5231 if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5232 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5233 } 5234 5235 failed: 5236 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5237 assert( !MEMDB ); 5238 pager_unlock(pPager); 5239 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5240 }else{ 5241 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5242 pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1; 5243 } 5244 return rc; 5245 } 5246 5247 /* 5248 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5249 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5250 ** 5251 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5252 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5253 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5254 */ 5255 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5256 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5257 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5258 } 5259 } 5260 5261 /* 5262 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page 5263 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 5264 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5265 ** 5266 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5267 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5268 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5269 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5270 ** object with no outstanding references. 5271 ** 5272 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5273 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5274 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5275 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5276 ** 5277 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 5278 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 5279 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5280 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5281 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5282 ** 5283 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents 5284 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5285 ** 5286 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5287 ** 5288 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5289 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5290 ** from the savepoint journal. 5291 ** 5292 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of 5293 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5294 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5295 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5296 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5297 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5298 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5299 ** 5300 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5301 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5302 ** 5303 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5304 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5305 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5306 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5307 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5308 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5309 ** or journal files. 5310 */ 5311 int sqlite3PagerGet( 5312 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5313 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5314 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5315 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5316 ){ 5317 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5318 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5319 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5320 const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); 5321 5322 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5323 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5324 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5325 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5326 const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager) 5327 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5328 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5329 && pPager->xCodec==0 5330 #endif 5331 ); 5332 5333 /* Optimization note: Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here 5334 ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1" 5335 ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the 5336 ** common case where pgno is large. */ 5337 if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){ 5338 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5339 } 5340 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5341 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5342 assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); 5343 5344 assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 ); 5345 5346 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 5347 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ 5348 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5349 rc = pPager->errCode; 5350 }else{ 5351 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5352 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5353 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5354 } 5355 5356 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5357 void *pData = 0; 5358 5359 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5360 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5361 ); 5362 5363 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5364 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){ 5365 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 5366 } 5367 if( pPg==0 ){ 5368 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5369 }else{ 5370 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5371 } 5372 if( pPg ){ 5373 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5374 *ppPage = pPg; 5375 return SQLITE_OK; 5376 } 5377 } 5378 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5379 goto pager_acquire_err; 5380 } 5381 } 5382 5383 { 5384 sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase; 5385 pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3); 5386 if( pBase==0 ){ 5387 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase); 5388 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5389 if( pBase==0 ){ 5390 pPg = *ppPage = 0; 5391 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5392 goto pager_acquire_err; 5393 } 5394 } 5395 pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase); 5396 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5397 } 5398 } 5399 5400 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5401 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the 5402 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. 5403 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ 5404 pPg = 0; 5405 goto pager_acquire_err; 5406 } 5407 assert( pPg==(*ppPage) ); 5408 assert( pPg->pgno==pgno ); 5409 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 ); 5410 5411 if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){ 5412 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5413 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5414 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5415 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5416 return SQLITE_OK; 5417 5418 }else{ 5419 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5420 ** be initialized. */ 5421 5422 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5423 5424 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page 5425 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ 5426 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5427 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5428 goto pager_acquire_err; 5429 } 5430 5431 assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB ); 5432 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){ 5433 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5434 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5435 goto pager_acquire_err; 5436 } 5437 if( noContent ){ 5438 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5439 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5440 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5441 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5442 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5443 */ 5444 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5445 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5446 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5447 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5448 } 5449 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5450 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5451 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5452 } 5453 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5454 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5455 }else{ 5456 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ 5457 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5458 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5459 } 5460 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5461 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5462 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5463 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5464 goto pager_acquire_err; 5465 } 5466 } 5467 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5468 } 5469 5470 return SQLITE_OK; 5471 5472 pager_acquire_err: 5473 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5474 if( pPg ){ 5475 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5476 } 5477 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5478 5479 *ppPage = 0; 5480 return rc; 5481 } 5482 5483 /* 5484 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5485 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5486 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5487 ** 5488 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5489 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5490 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5491 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5492 ** has ever happened. 5493 */ 5494 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5495 sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage; 5496 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5497 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5498 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5499 pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0); 5500 assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ); 5501 if( pPage==0 ) return 0; 5502 return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage); 5503 } 5504 5505 /* 5506 ** Release a page reference. 5507 ** 5508 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5509 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5510 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5511 ** removed. 5512 */ 5513 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5514 Pager *pPager; 5515 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5516 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5517 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5518 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5519 }else{ 5520 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5521 } 5522 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5523 } 5524 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5525 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5526 } 5527 5528 /* 5529 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5530 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5531 ** file when this routine is called. 5532 ** 5533 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5534 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5535 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5536 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5537 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5538 ** 5539 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5540 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5541 ** already open file. 5542 ** 5543 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5544 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5545 ** 5546 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5547 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5548 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5549 */ 5550 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5551 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5552 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5553 5554 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5555 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5556 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5557 5558 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5559 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5560 ** an error state. */ 5561 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5562 5563 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5564 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5565 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5566 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 5567 } 5568 5569 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5570 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5571 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5572 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5573 }else{ 5574 int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE; 5575 int nSpill; 5576 5577 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 5578 flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL); 5579 nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill; 5580 }else{ 5581 flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5582 nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager); 5583 } 5584 5585 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5586 ** it was originally opened. */ 5587 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5588 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5589 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen ( 5590 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill 5591 ); 5592 } 5593 } 5594 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5595 } 5596 5597 5598 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5599 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5600 */ 5601 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5602 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5603 pPager->nRec = 0; 5604 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5605 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5606 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5607 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5608 } 5609 } 5610 5611 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5612 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5613 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5614 }else{ 5615 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5616 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5617 } 5618 5619 return rc; 5620 } 5621 5622 /* 5623 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5624 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5625 ** 5626 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5627 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5628 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5629 ** functions need be called. 5630 ** 5631 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5632 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5633 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5634 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5635 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5636 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5637 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5638 */ 5639 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5640 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5641 5642 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5643 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5644 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5645 5646 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5647 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5648 5649 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5650 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5651 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5652 */ 5653 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5654 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5655 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5656 return rc; 5657 } 5658 (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5659 } 5660 5661 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5662 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5663 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5664 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5665 */ 5666 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5667 }else{ 5668 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5669 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5670 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5671 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5672 */ 5673 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5674 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5675 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5676 } 5677 } 5678 5679 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5680 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5681 ** 5682 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5683 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5684 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5685 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5686 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5687 ** WAL mode. 5688 */ 5689 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5690 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5691 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5692 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5693 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5694 } 5695 5696 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5697 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5698 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5699 } 5700 5701 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5702 return rc; 5703 } 5704 5705 /* 5706 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal. 5707 */ 5708 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){ 5709 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5710 int rc; 5711 u32 cksum; 5712 char *pData2; 5713 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5714 5715 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5716 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5717 ** that we do not. */ 5718 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5719 5720 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5721 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2); 5722 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5723 5724 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5725 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5726 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5727 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5728 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5729 ** then corruption may follow. 5730 */ 5731 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5732 5733 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5734 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5735 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5736 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5737 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5738 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5739 5740 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5741 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5742 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5743 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5744 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5745 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5746 5747 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5748 pPager->nRec++; 5749 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5750 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5751 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5752 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5753 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5754 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5755 return rc; 5756 } 5757 5758 /* 5759 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5760 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5761 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5762 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5763 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5764 */ 5765 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5766 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5767 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5768 5769 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5770 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5771 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5772 */ 5773 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5774 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5775 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5776 ); 5777 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5778 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5779 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5780 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5781 5782 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5783 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5784 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5785 ** 5786 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5787 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5788 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5789 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5790 */ 5791 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5792 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5793 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5794 } 5795 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5796 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5797 5798 /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */ 5799 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5800 5801 /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about 5802 ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off 5803 ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC. 5804 */ 5805 assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5806 if( pPager->pInJournal!=0 5807 && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0 5808 ){ 5809 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5810 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5811 rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg); 5812 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5813 return rc; 5814 } 5815 }else{ 5816 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5817 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5818 } 5819 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5820 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5821 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5822 } 5823 } 5824 5825 /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list 5826 ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal. Wait until now, 5827 ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the 5828 ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified. 5829 */ 5830 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5831 5832 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5833 ** then write the page into the statement journal. 5834 */ 5835 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){ 5836 rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5837 } 5838 5839 /* Update the database size and return. */ 5840 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5841 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5842 } 5843 return rc; 5844 } 5845 5846 /* 5847 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size 5848 ** is larger than the page size. SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that 5849 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware. Hence, all bytes of 5850 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of 5851 ** a write. 5852 ** 5853 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which 5854 ** case pages can be individually written. This routine only runs in the 5855 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size. 5856 */ 5857 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){ 5858 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5859 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5860 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5861 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5862 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5863 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5864 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */ 5865 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5866 5867 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5868 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5869 ** this function. 5870 */ 5871 assert( !MEMDB ); 5872 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5873 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5874 5875 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5876 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5877 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5878 */ 5879 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5880 5881 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5882 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5883 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5884 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5885 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5886 }else{ 5887 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5888 } 5889 assert(nPage>0); 5890 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5891 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5892 5893 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5894 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5895 PgHdr *pPage; 5896 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5897 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5898 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0); 5899 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5900 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5901 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5902 needSync = 1; 5903 } 5904 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5905 } 5906 } 5907 }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5908 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5909 needSync = 1; 5910 } 5911 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5912 } 5913 } 5914 5915 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 5916 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 5917 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 5918 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 5919 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 5920 */ 5921 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 5922 assert( !MEMDB ); 5923 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 5924 PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 5925 if( pPage ){ 5926 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5927 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5928 } 5929 } 5930 } 5931 5932 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 5933 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5934 return rc; 5935 } 5936 5937 /* 5938 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 5939 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 5940 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 5941 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 5942 ** 5943 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 5944 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 5945 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 5946 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 5947 ** 5948 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 5949 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 5950 */ 5951 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5952 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5953 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 5954 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5955 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5956 if( pPager->errCode ){ 5957 return pPager->errCode; 5958 }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){ 5959 if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg); 5960 return SQLITE_OK; 5961 }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 5962 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 ); 5963 return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg); 5964 }else{ 5965 return pager_write(pPg); 5966 } 5967 } 5968 5969 /* 5970 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 5971 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 5972 ** to change the content of the page. 5973 */ 5974 #ifndef NDEBUG 5975 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 5976 return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 5977 } 5978 #endif 5979 5980 /* 5981 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 5982 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 5983 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 5984 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 5985 ** content no longer matters. 5986 ** 5987 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 5988 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 5989 ** that it does not get written to disk. 5990 ** 5991 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 5992 ** DELETE operations. 5993 ** 5994 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may 5995 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if 5996 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need 5997 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the 5998 ** current transaction is rolled back. 5999 */ 6000 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 6001 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 6002 if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 6003 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 6004 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 6005 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 6006 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE; 6007 testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ); 6008 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 6009 } 6010 } 6011 6012 /* 6013 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 6014 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 6015 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 6016 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 6017 ** 6018 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 6019 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 6020 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 6021 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 6022 ** 6023 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 6024 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 6025 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 6026 ** transaction is committed. 6027 ** 6028 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 6029 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 6030 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 6031 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 6032 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 6033 */ 6034 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 6035 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6036 6037 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6038 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6039 ); 6040 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6041 6042 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 6043 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 6044 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 6045 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 6046 ** 6047 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 6048 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 6049 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 6050 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 6051 */ 6052 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6053 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 6054 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 6055 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 6056 #else 6057 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 6058 #endif 6059 6060 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 6061 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 6062 6063 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 6064 6065 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 6066 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0); 6067 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6068 6069 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 6070 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 6071 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 6072 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 6073 */ 6074 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 6075 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 6076 } 6077 6078 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6079 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 6080 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 6081 6082 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 6083 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 6084 const void *zBuf; 6085 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 6086 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf); 6087 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6088 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 6089 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 6090 } 6091 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6092 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 6093 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 6094 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 6095 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 6096 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 6097 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6098 } 6099 }else{ 6100 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 6101 } 6102 } 6103 6104 /* Release the page reference. */ 6105 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 6106 } 6107 return rc; 6108 } 6109 6110 /* 6111 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6112 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6113 ** 6114 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6115 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6116 */ 6117 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6118 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6119 6120 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6121 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6122 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6123 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6124 } 6125 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6126 assert( !MEMDB ); 6127 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6128 } 6129 return rc; 6130 } 6131 6132 /* 6133 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6134 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6135 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6136 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6137 ** 6138 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6139 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6140 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6141 ** returned. 6142 */ 6143 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6144 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6145 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6146 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6147 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6148 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6149 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6150 ); 6151 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6152 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6153 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6154 } 6155 } 6156 return rc; 6157 } 6158 6159 /* 6160 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6161 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6162 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6163 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6164 ** 6165 ** This routine ensures that: 6166 ** 6167 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6168 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6169 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6170 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6171 ** * the database file synced. 6172 ** 6173 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6174 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6175 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6176 ** 6177 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6178 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6179 ** 6180 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6181 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6182 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6183 ** journal file in this case. 6184 */ 6185 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6186 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6187 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6188 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6189 ){ 6190 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6191 6192 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6193 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6194 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6195 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6196 ); 6197 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6198 6199 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6200 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6201 6202 /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */ 6203 if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR; 6204 6205 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6206 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6207 6208 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6209 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6210 6211 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 6212 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 6213 if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){ 6214 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6215 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6216 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. */ 6217 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6218 }else{ 6219 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6220 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6221 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6222 if( pList==0 ){ 6223 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6224 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6225 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0); 6226 pList = pPageOne; 6227 pList->pDirty = 0; 6228 } 6229 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6230 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6231 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6232 } 6233 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6234 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6235 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6236 } 6237 }else{ 6238 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6239 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6240 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6241 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6242 ** 6243 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6244 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6245 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6246 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6247 ** 6248 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6249 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6250 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6251 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6252 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6253 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6254 ** mode. 6255 ** 6256 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6257 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6258 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6259 ** created for this transaction. 6260 */ 6261 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6262 PgHdr *pPg; 6263 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6264 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6265 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6266 ); 6267 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6268 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6269 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6270 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6271 ){ 6272 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6273 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6274 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6275 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6276 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6277 */ 6278 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6279 }else{ 6280 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6281 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6282 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6283 } 6284 } 6285 #else 6286 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6287 #endif 6288 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6289 6290 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6291 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6292 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6293 */ 6294 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6295 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6296 6297 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6298 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6299 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6300 ** 6301 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6302 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6303 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6304 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6305 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6306 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6307 */ 6308 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6309 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6310 6311 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6312 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6313 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6314 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6315 } 6316 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6317 6318 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6319 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6320 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6321 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6322 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6323 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6324 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6325 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6326 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6327 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6328 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6329 } 6330 6331 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6332 if( !noSync ){ 6333 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6334 } 6335 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6336 } 6337 } 6338 6339 commit_phase_one_exit: 6340 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6341 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6342 } 6343 return rc; 6344 } 6345 6346 6347 /* 6348 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6349 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6350 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6351 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6352 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6353 ** 6354 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6355 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6356 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6357 ** irrevocably committed. 6358 ** 6359 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6360 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6361 */ 6362 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6363 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6364 6365 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6366 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6367 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6368 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6369 6370 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6371 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6372 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6373 ); 6374 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6375 6376 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6377 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6378 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6379 ** 6380 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6381 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6382 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6383 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6384 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6385 ** to drop any locks either. 6386 */ 6387 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6388 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6389 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6390 ){ 6391 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6392 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6393 return SQLITE_OK; 6394 } 6395 6396 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6397 pPager->iDataVersion++; 6398 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6399 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6400 } 6401 6402 /* 6403 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6404 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6405 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6406 ** state if an error occurs. 6407 ** 6408 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6409 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6410 ** 6411 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6412 ** 6413 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6414 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6415 ** was opened, and 6416 ** 6417 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6418 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6419 ** 6420 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6421 ** rollback is successful. 6422 ** 6423 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6424 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6425 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6426 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6427 */ 6428 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6429 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6430 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6431 6432 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6433 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6434 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6435 */ 6436 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6437 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6438 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6439 6440 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6441 int rc2; 6442 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6443 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6444 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6445 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6446 int eState = pPager->eState; 6447 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6448 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6449 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6450 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6451 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6452 */ 6453 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6454 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6455 return rc; 6456 } 6457 }else{ 6458 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6459 } 6460 6461 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6462 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6463 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6464 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6465 ); 6466 6467 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6468 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6469 */ 6470 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6471 } 6472 6473 /* 6474 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6475 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6476 */ 6477 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6478 return pPager->readOnly; 6479 } 6480 6481 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6482 /* 6483 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager. 6484 */ 6485 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6486 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6487 } 6488 #endif 6489 6490 /* 6491 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6492 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6493 */ 6494 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6495 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6496 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6497 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6498 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6499 + pPager->pageSize; 6500 } 6501 6502 /* 6503 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6504 */ 6505 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6506 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6507 } 6508 6509 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6510 /* 6511 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6512 */ 6513 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6514 static int a[11]; 6515 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6516 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6517 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6518 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6519 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6520 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6521 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6522 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6523 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6524 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6525 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6526 return a; 6527 } 6528 #endif 6529 6530 /* 6531 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6532 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6533 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6534 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6535 ** returning. 6536 */ 6537 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6538 6539 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6540 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6541 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6542 ); 6543 6544 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6545 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6546 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6547 6548 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6549 if( reset ){ 6550 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6551 } 6552 } 6553 6554 /* 6555 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager. 6556 */ 6557 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6558 return pPager->tempFile; 6559 } 6560 6561 /* 6562 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6563 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6564 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6565 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6566 ** 6567 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6568 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6569 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6570 */ 6571 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6572 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6573 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6574 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6575 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6576 6577 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6578 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6579 assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ); 6580 6581 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6582 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6583 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6584 */ 6585 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6586 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6587 ); 6588 if( !aNew ){ 6589 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6590 } 6591 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6592 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6593 6594 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6595 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6596 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6597 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6598 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6599 }else{ 6600 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6601 } 6602 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6603 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6604 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6605 return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT; 6606 } 6607 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6608 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6609 } 6610 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6611 } 6612 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6613 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6614 return rc; 6615 } 6616 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6617 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6618 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6619 6620 if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){ 6621 return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint); 6622 }else{ 6623 return SQLITE_OK; 6624 } 6625 } 6626 6627 6628 /* 6629 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6630 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6631 ** created savepoint. 6632 ** 6633 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6634 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6635 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6636 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6637 ** 6638 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6639 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6640 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6641 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6642 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6643 ** 6644 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6645 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6646 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6647 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6648 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6649 ** 6650 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6651 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6652 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6653 ** 6654 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6655 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6656 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6657 */ 6658 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6659 int rc = pPager->errCode; 6660 6661 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6662 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6663 #endif 6664 6665 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6666 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6667 6668 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6669 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6670 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6671 6672 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6673 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6674 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6675 */ 6676 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6677 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6678 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6679 } 6680 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6681 6682 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6683 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6684 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6685 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6686 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6687 if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6688 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6689 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6690 } 6691 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6692 } 6693 } 6694 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6695 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6696 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6697 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6698 */ 6699 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6700 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6701 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6702 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6703 } 6704 6705 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 6706 /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled 6707 ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way, 6708 ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction 6709 ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level. */ 6710 else if( 6711 pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6712 && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6713 ){ 6714 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6715 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6716 } 6717 #endif 6718 } 6719 6720 return rc; 6721 } 6722 6723 /* 6724 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6725 ** 6726 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6727 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6728 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6729 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6730 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6731 ** participate in shared-cache. 6732 */ 6733 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6734 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6735 } 6736 6737 /* 6738 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6739 */ 6740 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6741 return pPager->pVfs; 6742 } 6743 6744 /* 6745 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6746 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6747 ** not yet been opened. 6748 */ 6749 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6750 return pPager->fd; 6751 } 6752 6753 /* 6754 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists). 6755 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file. 6756 */ 6757 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){ 6758 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 6759 return pPager->jfd; 6760 #else 6761 return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd; 6762 #endif 6763 } 6764 6765 /* 6766 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6767 */ 6768 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6769 return pPager->zJournal; 6770 } 6771 6772 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6773 /* 6774 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6775 */ 6776 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6777 Pager *pPager, 6778 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6779 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6780 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6781 void *pCodec 6782 ){ 6783 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6784 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6785 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6786 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6787 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6788 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6789 } 6790 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6791 return pPager->pCodec; 6792 } 6793 6794 /* 6795 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6796 ** into the log file. 6797 ** 6798 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6799 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6800 */ 6801 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6802 void *aData = 0; 6803 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6804 return aData; 6805 } 6806 6807 /* 6808 ** Return the current pager state 6809 */ 6810 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6811 return pPager->eState; 6812 } 6813 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6814 6815 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6816 /* 6817 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6818 ** 6819 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6820 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6821 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6822 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6823 ** 6824 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6825 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6826 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6827 ** 6828 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6829 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6830 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6831 ** transaction is active). 6832 ** 6833 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6834 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6835 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6836 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6837 ** 6838 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6839 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6840 */ 6841 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6842 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6843 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6844 int rc; /* Return code */ 6845 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6846 6847 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6848 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6849 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6850 ); 6851 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6852 6853 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6854 ** the page we are moving from. 6855 */ 6856 assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB ); 6857 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 6858 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6859 if( rc ) return rc; 6860 } 6861 6862 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6863 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6864 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6865 ** 6866 ** BEGIN; 6867 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6868 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6869 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6870 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6871 ** 6872 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6873 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6874 ** statement were is processed. 6875 ** 6876 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6877 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6878 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6879 */ 6880 if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0 6881 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg)) 6882 ){ 6883 return rc; 6884 } 6885 6886 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6887 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6888 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6889 6890 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6891 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6892 ** 6893 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6894 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6895 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6896 */ 6897 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6898 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6899 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6900 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6901 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6902 } 6903 6904 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6905 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6906 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6907 ** for the page moved there. 6908 */ 6909 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6910 pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno); 6911 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 6912 if( pPgOld ){ 6913 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 6914 if( pPager->tempFile ){ 6915 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 6916 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 6917 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 6918 }else{ 6919 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 6920 } 6921 } 6922 6923 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 6924 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 6925 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6926 6927 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 6928 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 6929 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 6930 */ 6931 if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){ 6932 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 6933 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 6934 } 6935 6936 if( needSyncPgno ){ 6937 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 6938 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 6939 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 6940 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 6941 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 6942 ** flag. 6943 ** 6944 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 6945 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 6946 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 6947 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 6948 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 6949 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 6950 */ 6951 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 6952 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0); 6953 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6954 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6955 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 6956 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 6957 } 6958 return rc; 6959 } 6960 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6961 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 6962 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 6963 } 6964 6965 return SQLITE_OK; 6966 } 6967 #endif 6968 6969 /* 6970 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page 6971 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's 6972 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to 6973 ** the value passed as the third parameter. 6974 */ 6975 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){ 6976 assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew ); 6977 pPg->flags = flags; 6978 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew); 6979 } 6980 6981 /* 6982 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 6983 */ 6984 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 6985 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 6986 return pPg->pData; 6987 } 6988 6989 /* 6990 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 6991 ** allocated along with the specified page. 6992 */ 6993 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 6994 return pPg->pExtra; 6995 } 6996 6997 /* 6998 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 6999 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7000 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 7001 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 7002 ** 7003 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 7004 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 7005 ** locking-mode. 7006 */ 7007 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7008 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 7009 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 7010 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 7011 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 7012 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 7013 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 7014 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 7015 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 7016 } 7017 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 7018 } 7019 7020 /* 7021 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 7022 ** 7023 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7024 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7025 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7026 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7027 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 7028 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7029 ** 7030 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 7031 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 7032 ** 7033 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 7034 ** or _MEMORY. 7035 ** 7036 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 7037 ** 7038 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 7039 */ 7040 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 7041 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 7042 7043 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 7044 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 7045 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 7046 print_pager_state(pPager); 7047 #endif 7048 7049 7050 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 7051 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 7052 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 7053 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 7054 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 7055 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 7056 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 7057 7058 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 7059 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 7060 ** to WAL mode. 7061 */ 7062 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7063 7064 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 7065 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 7066 */ 7067 if( MEMDB ){ 7068 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 7069 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7070 eMode = eOld; 7071 } 7072 } 7073 7074 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 7075 7076 /* Change the journal mode. */ 7077 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 7078 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 7079 7080 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 7081 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 7082 ** delete the journal file. 7083 */ 7084 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 7085 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 7086 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 7087 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 7088 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 7089 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 7090 7091 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 7092 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 7093 7094 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 7095 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 7096 ** here is an optimization only. 7097 ** 7098 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 7099 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 7100 ** while it is in use by some other client. 7101 */ 7102 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7103 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 7104 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7105 }else{ 7106 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7107 int state = pPager->eState; 7108 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 7109 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7110 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 7111 } 7112 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 7113 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 7114 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 7115 } 7116 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7117 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 7118 } 7119 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 7120 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7121 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 7122 pager_unlock(pPager); 7123 } 7124 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 7125 } 7126 }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 7127 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7128 } 7129 } 7130 7131 /* Return the new journal mode */ 7132 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7133 } 7134 7135 /* 7136 ** Return the current journal mode. 7137 */ 7138 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7139 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 7140 } 7141 7142 /* 7143 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 7144 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 7145 ** is unmodified. 7146 */ 7147 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 7148 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7149 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 7150 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 7151 return 1; 7152 } 7153 7154 /* 7155 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 7156 ** 7157 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 7158 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 7159 */ 7160 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7161 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7162 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7163 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7164 } 7165 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7166 } 7167 7168 /* 7169 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7170 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7171 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7172 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7173 */ 7174 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7175 return &pPager->pBackup; 7176 } 7177 7178 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7179 /* 7180 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7181 */ 7182 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7183 assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 7184 if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7185 } 7186 #endif 7187 7188 7189 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7190 /* 7191 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7192 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7193 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7194 ** 7195 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7196 */ 7197 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ 7198 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7199 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7200 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, 7201 (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler), 7202 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7203 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7204 pnLog, pnCkpt 7205 ); 7206 } 7207 return rc; 7208 } 7209 7210 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7211 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7212 } 7213 7214 /* 7215 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7216 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7217 */ 7218 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7219 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7220 if( pPager->noLock ) return 0; 7221 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7222 } 7223 7224 /* 7225 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7226 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7227 */ 7228 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7229 int rc; /* Return code */ 7230 7231 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7232 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7233 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7234 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7235 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7236 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7237 } 7238 7239 return rc; 7240 } 7241 7242 /* 7243 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7244 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7245 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7246 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7247 */ 7248 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7249 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7250 7251 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7252 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7253 7254 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7255 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7256 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7257 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7258 */ 7259 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7260 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7261 } 7262 7263 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7264 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7265 */ 7266 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7267 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7268 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7269 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7270 ); 7271 } 7272 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7273 7274 return rc; 7275 } 7276 7277 7278 /* 7279 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7280 ** this function. 7281 ** 7282 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7283 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7284 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7285 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7286 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7287 ** not modified in either case. 7288 ** 7289 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7290 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7291 ** without doing anything. 7292 */ 7293 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7294 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7295 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7296 ){ 7297 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7298 7299 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7300 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7301 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7302 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7303 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7304 7305 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7306 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7307 7308 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7309 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7310 7311 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7312 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7313 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7314 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7315 } 7316 }else{ 7317 *pbOpen = 1; 7318 } 7319 7320 return rc; 7321 } 7322 7323 /* 7324 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7325 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7326 ** 7327 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7328 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7329 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7330 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7331 */ 7332 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ 7333 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7334 7335 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7336 7337 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7338 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7339 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7340 */ 7341 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7342 int logexists = 0; 7343 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7344 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7345 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7346 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7347 ); 7348 } 7349 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7350 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7351 } 7352 } 7353 7354 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7355 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7356 */ 7357 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7358 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7359 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7360 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7361 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7362 pPager->pWal = 0; 7363 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7364 if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7365 } 7366 } 7367 return rc; 7368 } 7369 7370 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT 7371 /* 7372 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot 7373 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error. 7374 */ 7375 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){ 7376 int rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7377 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7378 rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot); 7379 } 7380 return rc; 7381 } 7382 7383 /* 7384 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a 7385 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it 7386 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error. 7387 */ 7388 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){ 7389 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7390 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7391 sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot); 7392 }else{ 7393 rc = SQLITE_ERROR; 7394 } 7395 return rc; 7396 } 7397 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */ 7398 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7399 7400 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7401 /* 7402 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7403 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7404 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7405 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7406 ** is empty, return 0. 7407 */ 7408 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7409 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 7410 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7411 } 7412 #endif 7413 7414 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7415